Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1195:e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
| author | Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 03 Apr 2009 17:59:34 +0200 |
| parents | 3251ce06c820 |
| children | 79758fd2f48a |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #endif |
| 37 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "rmem.h" |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "port.h" |
| 159 | 40 |
| 41 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 42 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 43 #include "scope.h" | |
| 44 #include "init.h" | |
| 45 #include "expression.h" | |
| 46 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 47 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 48 #include "template.h" | |
| 49 #include "id.h" | |
| 50 #include "enum.h" | |
| 51 #include "import.h" | |
| 52 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 53 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 54 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
55 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
56 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
57 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
58 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
60 |
| 159 | 61 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 65 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 66 | |
| 67 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 68 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 71 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 | |
| 74 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
75 #if TARGET_OSX |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
76 int REALSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
77 int REALPAD = 6; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
78 int REALALIGNSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
79 #elif TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_FREEBSD |
| 159 | 80 int REALSIZE = 12; |
| 81 int REALPAD = 2; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
82 int REALALIGNSIZE = 4; |
| 159 | 83 #else |
| 84 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 85 int REALPAD = 0; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
86 int REALALIGNSIZE = 2; |
| 159 | 87 #endif |
| 88 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 89 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 90 | |
| 91 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 92 | |
| 93 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 94 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 95 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 96 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 97 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 98 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 99 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 106 | |
| 107 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 108 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 109 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 110 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 111 | |
| 112 | |
| 113 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 114 { | |
| 115 this->ty = ty; | |
| 116 this->mod = 0; | |
| 117 this->next = next; | |
| 118 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 119 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 120 this->cto = NULL; |
| 121 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 122 #endif | |
| 123 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 124 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 125 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 126 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
127 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 128 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
129 #endif |
|
1192
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
130 |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
131 #if IN_LLVM |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
132 this->irtype = NULL; |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
133 #endif |
| 159 | 134 } |
| 135 | |
| 136 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 137 { | |
| 138 print(); | |
| 139 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 140 assert(0); | |
| 141 return this; | |
| 142 } | |
| 143 | |
| 144 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 145 { Type *t; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 148 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 149 if (this == o || | |
| 150 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 151 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 152 { | |
| 153 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 154 return 1; | |
| 155 } | |
| 156 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 157 return 0; | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 | |
| 160 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 161 { | |
| 162 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 163 } | |
| 164 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
165 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
166 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
167 #else |
| 159 | 168 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
169 #endif |
| 159 | 170 { int i; |
| 171 int j; | |
| 172 | |
| 173 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 174 | |
| 175 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 176 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 177 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 178 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 179 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 180 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 181 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 182 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 183 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 184 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 185 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 187 | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 201 | |
| 202 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 208 | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 213 | |
| 214 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 217 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 218 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 219 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
220 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 221 |
| 222 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 223 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 224 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 225 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 226 } | |
| 227 | |
| 228 // Set basic types | |
| 229 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 230 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 231 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 232 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 233 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 234 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 235 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 238 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 239 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 240 | |
| 241 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 242 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
243 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
244 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
245 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
246 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 247 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 248 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
249 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
250 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
251 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 252 } |
| 253 else | |
| 254 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
255 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
256 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
257 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
258 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
259 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
260 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
261 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
262 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
263 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
264 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
265 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
268 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
269 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
270 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
271 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
272 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
273 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
274 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 275 } |
| 276 } | |
| 277 | |
| 278 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 279 { | |
| 280 return size(0); | |
| 281 } | |
| 282 | |
| 283 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 284 { | |
| 285 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 286 return 1; | |
| 287 } | |
| 288 | |
| 289 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 290 { | |
| 291 return size(0); | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 if (next) | |
| 297 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 298 return merge(); | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 | |
| 301 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 302 { | |
| 303 if (!pto) | |
| 304 { Type *t; | |
| 305 | |
| 306 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 307 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 308 } | |
| 309 return pto; | |
| 310 } | |
| 311 | |
| 312 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 313 { | |
| 314 if (!rto) | |
| 315 { Type *t; | |
| 316 | |
| 317 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 318 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 319 } | |
| 320 return rto; | |
| 321 } | |
| 322 | |
| 323 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 324 { | |
| 325 if (!arrayof) | |
| 326 { Type *t; | |
| 327 | |
| 328 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 329 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 return arrayof; | |
| 332 } | |
| 333 | |
| 334 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 335 { | |
| 336 return NULL; | |
| 337 } | |
| 338 | |
| 339 /******************************* | |
| 340 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 341 * get that other type. | |
| 342 */ | |
| 343 | |
| 344 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 345 { | |
| 346 return this; | |
| 347 } | |
| 348 | |
| 349 /******************************** | |
| 350 * Name mangling. | |
| 351 */ | |
| 352 | |
| 353 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 354 { | |
| 355 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 356 if (next) | |
| 357 { | |
| 358 assert(next != this); | |
| 359 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
| 360 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 361 } | |
| 362 } | |
| 363 | |
| 364 /******************************** | |
| 365 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 366 */ | |
| 367 | |
| 368 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 369 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 370 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 371 | |
| 372 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 373 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 374 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 375 } | |
| 376 | |
| 377 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 378 { | |
| 379 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 380 if (ident) | |
| 381 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 382 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 383 } | |
| 384 } | |
| 385 | |
| 386 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 387 { | |
| 388 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 389 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 390 return; | |
| 391 } | |
| 392 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 393 } | |
| 394 | |
| 395 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 396 { | |
| 397 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 398 { char *p; | |
| 399 | |
| 400 switch (this->mod) | |
| 401 { | |
| 402 case 0: | |
| 403 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 404 break; | |
| 405 case MODconst: | |
| 406 p = "const("; | |
| 407 goto L1; | |
| 408 case MODinvariant: | |
| 409 p = "invariant("; | |
| 410 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 411 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 412 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 413 break; | |
| 414 default: | |
| 415 assert(0); | |
| 416 } | |
| 417 } | |
| 418 } | |
| 419 | |
| 420 | |
| 421 /************************************ | |
| 422 */ | |
| 423 | |
| 424 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 425 { Type *t; | |
| 426 | |
| 427 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 428 t = this; | |
| 429 assert(t); | |
| 430 if (!deco) | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 433 StringValue *sv; | |
| 434 | |
| 435 if (next) | |
| 436 next = next->merge(); | |
| 437 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 438 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); | |
| 439 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 440 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 441 assert(t->deco); | |
| 442 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 else | |
| 445 { | |
| 446 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
| 447 deco = sv->lstring.string; | |
| 448 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 449 } | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 return t; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 | |
| 454 int Type::isbit() | |
| 455 { | |
| 456 return FALSE; | |
| 457 } | |
| 458 | |
| 459 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 460 { | |
| 461 return FALSE; | |
| 462 } | |
| 463 | |
| 464 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 465 { | |
| 466 return FALSE; | |
| 467 } | |
| 468 | |
| 469 int Type::isreal() | |
| 470 { | |
| 471 return FALSE; | |
| 472 } | |
| 473 | |
| 474 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 475 { | |
| 476 return FALSE; | |
| 477 } | |
| 478 | |
| 479 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 480 { | |
| 481 return FALSE; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
| 484 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 485 { | |
| 486 return FALSE; | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 | |
| 489 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 490 { | |
| 491 return FALSE; | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 | |
| 494 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 495 { | |
| 496 return NULL; | |
| 497 } | |
| 498 | |
| 499 int Type::isauto() | |
| 500 { | |
| 501 return FALSE; | |
| 502 } | |
| 503 | |
| 504 int Type::isString() | |
| 505 { | |
| 506 return FALSE; | |
| 507 } | |
| 508 | |
| 509 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 510 { | |
| 511 return isscalar(); | |
| 512 } | |
| 513 | |
| 514 /********************************* | |
| 515 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 516 */ | |
| 517 | |
| 518 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 519 { | |
| 520 Type *t; | |
| 521 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 522 | |
| 523 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 524 { | |
| 525 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 526 if (s) | |
| 527 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 528 } | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 | |
| 531 | |
| 532 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 533 { | |
| 534 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 535 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 536 #endif | |
| 537 return NULL; | |
| 538 } | |
| 539 | |
| 540 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 541 { | |
| 542 return 0; // assume not | |
| 543 } | |
| 544 | |
| 545 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 546 { | |
| 547 return 0; // assume not | |
| 548 } | |
| 549 | |
| 550 /******************************** | |
| 551 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 552 * to type 'to'. | |
| 553 * Returns: | |
| 554 * 0 can't convert | |
| 555 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 556 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 557 */ | |
| 558 | |
| 559 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 560 { | |
| 561 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 562 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 563 if (this == to) | |
| 564 return MATCHexact; | |
| 565 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 566 // return 1; | |
| 567 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 568 } | |
| 569 | |
| 570 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 571 { Expression *e; | |
| 572 | |
| 573 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 574 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 575 #endif | |
| 576 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 577 { | |
| 578 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 579 } | |
| 580 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 581 { | |
| 582 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 583 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 584 } | |
| 585 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 586 { | |
| 587 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 588 } | |
| 589 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 590 { | |
| 591 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 592 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 593 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 594 } | |
| 595 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 596 { | |
| 597 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 598 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 599 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 600 } | |
| 601 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 602 { | |
| 603 assert(deco); | |
| 604 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 605 Scope sc; | |
| 606 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 607 } | |
| 608 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 609 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 610 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 611 Scope sc; | |
| 612 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 else | |
| 615 { | |
| 616 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 617 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 618 } | |
| 619 return e; | |
| 620 } | |
| 621 | |
| 622 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 623 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 624 | |
| 625 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 626 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 627 #endif | |
| 628 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 629 { | |
| 630 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 631 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 632 } | |
| 633 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 634 { | |
| 635 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 636 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 637 } | |
| 638 if (v) | |
| 639 { | |
| 640 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 641 { | |
| 642 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 643 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 644 goto Loffset; | |
| 645 } | |
| 646 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 647 { | |
| 648 Loffset: | |
| 649 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 650 { | |
| 651 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 652 return e; | |
| 653 } | |
| 654 } | |
| 655 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 #if 0 | |
| 658 if (v->init) | |
| 659 { | |
| 660 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 661 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 662 else | |
| 663 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 664 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 665 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 666 { | |
| 667 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 668 | |
| 669 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 670 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 671 */ | |
| 672 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 673 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 674 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 675 { | |
| 676 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 680 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 681 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 682 } | |
| 683 return e; | |
| 684 } | |
| 685 #endif | |
| 686 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 687 return ex; | |
| 688 } | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 691 { | |
| 692 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 693 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 694 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 695 return e; | |
| 696 } | |
| 697 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 698 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 699 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 700 Scope sc; | |
| 701 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 702 return e; | |
| 703 } | |
| 704 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 705 } | |
| 706 | |
| 707 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 708 { | |
| 709 return salign; | |
| 710 } | |
| 711 | |
| 712 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 va_list ap; | |
| 715 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 716 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 717 va_end( ap ); | |
| 718 } | |
| 719 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
720 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
721 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
722 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
723 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
724 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
725 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
726 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
727 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
728 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
729 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
730 |
| 159 | 731 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 732 { | |
| 733 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 734 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 735 Identifier *id; | |
| 736 char *name; | |
| 737 int len; | |
| 738 | |
| 739 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 740 if (internal) | |
| 741 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 742 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
743 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 744 } |
| 745 else | |
| 746 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 747 len = buf.offset; | |
| 748 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 749 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 750 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
751 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
752 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
753 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
754 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 755 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 756 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 757 return id; | |
| 758 } | |
| 759 | |
| 760 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 761 { | |
| 762 return NULL; | |
| 763 } | |
| 764 | |
| 765 | |
| 766 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 767 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
768 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
769 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 770 *pt = t; |
| 771 *pe = NULL; | |
| 772 *ps = NULL; | |
| 773 } | |
| 774 | |
| 775 /******************************* | |
| 776 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 777 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 778 */ | |
| 779 | |
| 780 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 781 { | |
| 782 if (!next) | |
| 783 return NULL; | |
| 784 else | |
| 785 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 786 } | |
| 787 | |
| 788 /******************************** | |
| 789 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 790 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 791 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 792 */ | |
| 793 | |
| 794 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 795 { | |
| 796 return NULL; | |
| 797 } | |
| 798 | |
| 799 /*************************************** | |
| 800 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 801 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 802 */ | |
| 803 | |
| 804 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 805 { | |
| 806 return FALSE; | |
| 807 } | |
| 808 | |
| 809 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 810 | |
| 811 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 812 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
813 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
814 const char *d; |
| 159 | 815 unsigned flags; |
| 816 | |
| 817 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 818 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 819 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 820 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 821 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 822 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 823 | |
| 824 flags = 0; | |
| 825 switch (ty) | |
| 826 { | |
| 827 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 828 c = "void"; | |
| 829 break; | |
| 830 | |
| 831 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 832 c = "byte"; | |
| 833 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 834 break; | |
| 835 | |
| 836 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 837 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 838 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 839 break; | |
| 840 | |
| 841 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 842 c = "short"; | |
| 843 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 844 break; | |
| 845 | |
| 846 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 847 c = "ushort"; | |
| 848 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 849 break; | |
| 850 | |
| 851 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 852 c = "int"; | |
| 853 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 854 break; | |
| 855 | |
| 856 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 857 c = "uint"; | |
| 858 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 859 break; | |
| 860 | |
| 861 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 862 c = "float"; | |
| 863 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 864 break; | |
| 865 | |
| 866 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 867 c = "long"; | |
| 868 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 869 break; | |
| 870 | |
| 871 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 872 c = "ulong"; | |
| 873 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 874 break; | |
| 875 | |
| 876 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 877 c = "double"; | |
| 878 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 879 break; | |
| 880 | |
| 881 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 882 c = "real"; | |
| 883 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 884 break; | |
| 885 | |
| 886 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 887 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 888 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 889 break; | |
| 890 | |
| 891 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 892 c = "idouble"; | |
| 893 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 894 break; | |
| 895 | |
| 896 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 897 c = "ireal"; | |
| 898 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 899 break; | |
| 900 | |
| 901 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 902 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 903 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 904 break; | |
| 905 | |
| 906 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 907 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 908 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 909 break; | |
| 910 | |
| 911 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 912 c = "creal"; | |
| 913 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 914 break; | |
| 915 | |
| 916 | |
| 917 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 918 c = "bit"; | |
| 919 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 920 break; | |
| 921 | |
| 922 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 923 c = d; | |
| 924 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 925 break; | |
| 926 | |
| 927 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 928 c = "char"; | |
| 929 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 930 break; | |
| 931 | |
| 932 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 933 c = "wchar"; | |
| 934 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 935 break; | |
| 936 | |
| 937 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 938 c = "dchar"; | |
| 939 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 940 break; | |
| 941 | |
| 942 default: assert(0); | |
| 943 } | |
| 944 this->dstring = d; | |
| 945 this->cstring = c; | |
| 946 this->flags = flags; | |
| 947 merge(); | |
| 948 } | |
| 949 | |
| 950 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 951 { | |
| 952 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 953 return this; | |
| 954 } | |
| 955 | |
| 956 | |
| 957 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 958 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
959 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 960 } |
| 961 | |
| 962 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 963 { | |
| 964 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 965 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 966 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 967 return; | |
| 968 } | |
| 969 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 970 } | |
| 971 | |
| 972 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 973 { unsigned size; | |
| 974 | |
| 975 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 976 switch (ty) | |
| 977 { | |
| 978 case Tint8: | |
| 979 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 980 case Tint16: | |
| 981 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 982 case Tint32: | |
| 983 case Tuns32: | |
| 984 case Tfloat32: | |
| 985 case Timaginary32: | |
| 986 size = 4; break; | |
| 987 case Tint64: | |
| 988 case Tuns64: | |
| 989 case Tfloat64: | |
| 990 case Timaginary64: | |
| 991 size = 8; break; | |
| 992 case Tfloat80: | |
| 993 case Timaginary80: | |
| 994 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 995 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 996 size = 8; break; | |
| 997 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 998 size = 16; break; | |
| 999 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1000 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 case Tvoid: | |
| 1003 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1004 size = 1; | |
| 1005 break; | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1008 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1009 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1010 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1011 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 default: | |
| 1014 assert(0); | |
| 1015 break; | |
| 1016 } | |
| 1017 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1018 return size; | |
| 1019 } | |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1022 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1023 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1024 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1025 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
| 159 | 1026 } |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1030 { | |
| 1031 Expression *e; | |
| 1032 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1033 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1034 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1035 #else | |
| 1036 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1037 #endif | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1040 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1041 { | |
| 1042 switch (ty) | |
| 1043 { | |
| 1044 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1045 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1046 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1047 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1048 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1049 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1050 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1051 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1052 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1053 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1054 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1055 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1056 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1059 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1060 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1061 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1062 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1063 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1064 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1065 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1066 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1067 } | |
| 1068 } | |
| 1069 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1070 { | |
| 1071 switch (ty) | |
| 1072 { | |
| 1073 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1074 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1075 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1076 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1077 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1078 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1079 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1080 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1081 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1082 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1083 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1084 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1085 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1088 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1089 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1090 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1091 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1092 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1093 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1094 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1095 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1096 } | |
| 1097 } | |
| 1098 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1099 { | |
| 1100 switch (ty) | |
| 1101 { | |
| 1102 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1103 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1104 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1105 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1106 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1107 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1108 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1109 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1110 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1111 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1112 fvalue = Port::nan; |
| 159 | 1113 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1114 } | |
| 1115 } | |
| 1116 } | |
| 1117 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1118 { | |
| 1119 switch (ty) | |
| 1120 { | |
| 1121 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1122 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1123 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1124 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1125 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1126 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1127 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1128 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1129 case Tfloat80: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1130 fvalue = Port::infinity; |
| 159 | 1131 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1132 } | |
| 1133 } | |
| 1134 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1135 { | |
| 1136 switch (ty) | |
| 1137 { | |
| 1138 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1139 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1140 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1141 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1142 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1143 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1144 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1145 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1146 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1147 } | |
| 1148 } | |
| 1149 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1150 { | |
| 1151 switch (ty) | |
| 1152 { | |
| 1153 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1154 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1155 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1156 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1157 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1158 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1159 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1160 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1161 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1162 } | |
| 1163 } | |
| 1164 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1165 { | |
| 1166 switch (ty) | |
| 1167 { | |
| 1168 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1169 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1170 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1171 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1172 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1173 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1174 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1175 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1176 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1177 } | |
| 1178 } | |
| 1179 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1180 { | |
| 1181 switch (ty) | |
| 1182 { | |
| 1183 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1184 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1185 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1186 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1187 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1188 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1189 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1190 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1191 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1192 } | |
| 1193 } | |
| 1194 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1195 { | |
| 1196 switch (ty) | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1199 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1200 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1201 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1202 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1203 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1204 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1205 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1206 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1207 } | |
| 1208 } | |
| 1209 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1210 { | |
| 1211 switch (ty) | |
| 1212 { | |
| 1213 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1214 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1215 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1216 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1217 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1218 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1219 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1220 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1221 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1222 } | |
| 1223 } | |
| 1224 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1225 { | |
| 1226 switch (ty) | |
| 1227 { | |
| 1228 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1229 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1230 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1231 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1232 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1233 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1234 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1235 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1236 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1237 } | |
| 1238 } | |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 Ldefault: | |
| 1241 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 Livalue: | |
| 1244 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1245 return e; | |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 Lfvalue: | |
| 1248 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1249 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1250 else | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1255 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1256 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1257 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1258 #else | |
| 1259 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1260 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1261 #endif | |
| 1262 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1263 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1264 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1265 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1266 } | |
| 1267 return e; | |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 Lint: | |
| 1270 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1271 return e; | |
| 1272 } | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1275 { | |
| 1276 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1277 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1278 #endif | |
| 1279 Type *t; | |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1282 { | |
| 1283 switch (ty) | |
| 1284 { | |
| 1285 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1286 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1287 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1288 L1: | |
| 1289 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1290 break; | |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1293 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1294 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1295 break; | |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1298 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1299 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1300 L2: | |
| 1301 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1302 break; | |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 default: | |
| 1305 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1306 } | |
| 1307 } | |
| 1308 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1309 { Type *t2; | |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 switch (ty) | |
| 1312 { | |
| 1313 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1314 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1315 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1316 L3: | |
| 1317 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1318 e->type = t2; | |
| 1319 break; | |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1322 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1323 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1324 L4: | |
| 1325 e->type = t; | |
| 1326 break; | |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1329 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1330 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1331 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1332 break; | |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 default: | |
| 1335 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1336 } | |
| 1337 } | |
| 1338 else | |
| 1339 { | |
| 1340 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1341 } | |
| 1342 return e; | |
| 1343 } | |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1346 { dinteger_t value = 0; |
| 159 | 1347 |
| 1348 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1349 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1350 #endif | |
| 1351 switch (ty) | |
| 1352 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1353 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1354 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1355 |
| 159 | 1356 case Tchar: |
| 1357 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1358 break; | |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 case Twchar: | |
| 1361 case Tdchar: | |
| 1362 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1363 break; | |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1366 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1367 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1368 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1369 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1370 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1371 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1372 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1373 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1374 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1375 } | |
| 1376 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1377 } | |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1380 { | |
| 1381 switch (ty) | |
| 1382 { | |
| 1383 case Tchar: | |
| 1384 case Twchar: | |
| 1385 case Tdchar: | |
| 1386 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1387 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1388 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1389 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1390 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1391 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1392 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1393 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1394 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1395 return 0; // no | |
| 1396 } | |
| 1397 return 1; // yes | |
| 1398 } | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1401 { | |
| 1402 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1403 } | |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1406 { | |
| 1407 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1408 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1409 } | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1412 { | |
| 1413 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1414 } | |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1417 { | |
| 1418 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1419 } | |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1422 { | |
| 1423 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1424 } | |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1427 { | |
| 1428 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1429 } | |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1432 { | |
| 1433 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1439 } | |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1442 { | |
| 1443 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1444 if (this == to) | |
| 1445 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1448 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1449 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1450 { | |
| 1451 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1452 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1453 } | |
| 1454 else | |
| 1455 { | |
| 1456 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1457 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1458 } | |
| 1459 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1460 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1463 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1464 { | |
| 1465 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1466 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1467 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 // If converting to integral | |
| 1470 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1471 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1472 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1475 */ | |
| 1476 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1477 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1480 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1481 } | |
| 1482 } | |
| 1483 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1484 { | |
| 1485 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1486 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1487 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1492 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1493 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1496 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1497 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1498 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1501 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1502 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1503 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1504 } | |
| 1505 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1506 } | |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1509 { | |
| 1510 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1511 } | |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1516 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1517 { | |
| 1518 } | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1521 { | |
| 1522 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1525 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1526 #endif | |
| 1527 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1528 { | |
| 1529 Expression *ec; | |
| 1530 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1531 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1532 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1533 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1534 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1535 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1536 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1537 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1538 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1539 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1540 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1541 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1542 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1543 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1544 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1545 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1546 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1548 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1549 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1550 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1551 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1552 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1553 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1554 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1555 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1556 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1557 } | |
| 1558 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1559 { | |
| 1560 Expression *ec; | |
| 1561 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1562 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1563 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1564 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1565 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1566 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1567 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1568 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1570 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1571 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1572 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1573 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1574 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1575 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1576 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1577 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1579 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1580 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1581 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1582 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1583 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1584 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1585 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1586 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1587 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1588 } | |
| 1589 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1590 { | |
| 1591 Expression *ec; | |
| 1592 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1593 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1594 int dup; | |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 assert(size); | |
| 1597 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1598 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1599 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1601 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1602 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1603 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1604 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1606 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1608 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1609 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1610 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1611 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1612 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1613 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1614 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1615 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1616 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1618 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1619 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1620 if (dup) | |
| 1621 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1622 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1623 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1624 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1625 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1626 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1627 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1628 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1629 |
| 159 | 1630 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1631 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1632 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1633 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1634 } | |
| 1635 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1636 { | |
| 1637 Expression *ec; | |
| 1638 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1639 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1640 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1641 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1644 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1645 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1646 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1647 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1648 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1649 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1650 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1651 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1652 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1653 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1654 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1655 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1656 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1657 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1658 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1659 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1660 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1661 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1662 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1664 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1665 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1666 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1667 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1668 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1669 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1670 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1671 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1672 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1673 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1674 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1675 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1676 } | |
| 1677 else | |
| 1678 { | |
| 1679 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1680 } | |
| 1681 return e; | |
| 1682 } | |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1688 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1689 { | |
| 1690 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1691 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1692 } | |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1695 { | |
| 1696 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1697 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1698 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1699 return t; | |
| 1700 } | |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1703 { dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 1704 |
| 1705 if (!dim) | |
| 1706 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1707 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1708 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1709 { | |
| 1710 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1711 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1712 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1713 } | |
| 1714 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1715 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1716 |
| 1717 n = next->size(); | |
| 1718 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1719 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1720 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1721 sz = n2; | |
| 1722 } | |
| 1723 return sz; | |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1726 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1727 return 1; |
| 1728 } | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1731 { | |
| 1732 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1733 } | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 /************************** | |
| 1736 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1737 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1738 */ | |
| 1739 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1740 { | |
| 1741 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1742 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1743 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1744 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 sc->pop(); | |
| 1749 } | |
| 1750 else | |
| 1751 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1752 return exp; | |
| 1753 } | |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1756 { | |
| 1757 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1758 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1759 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 sc->pop(); | |
| 1764 return exp; | |
| 1765 } | |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1768 { | |
| 1769 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1770 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1771 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1772 if (*pe) | |
| 1773 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1774 Expression *e; | |
| 1775 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1776 *pe = e; | |
| 1777 } | |
| 1778 else if (*ps) | |
| 1779 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1780 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1781 if (td) | |
| 1782 { | |
| 1783 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1784 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1785 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1788 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1789 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1794 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1795 goto Ldefault; |
| 1796 } | |
| 1797 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1798 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1799 { | |
| 1800 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1801 return; | |
| 1802 } | |
| 1803 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1804 { | |
| 1805 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1806 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1807 return; | |
| 1808 } | |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1811 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1812 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1813 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1814 */ | |
| 1815 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1816 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1817 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1820 *ps = tds; | |
| 1821 } | |
| 1822 else | |
| 1823 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1824 } | |
| 1825 else | |
| 1826 { | |
| 1827 Ldefault: | |
| 1828 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 } | |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1833 { | |
| 1834 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 Type *t; | |
| 1837 Expression *e; | |
| 1838 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1839 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1840 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1841 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1844 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1845 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1848 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1849 return Type::terror; |
| 1850 } | |
| 1851 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1852 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1853 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1854 return Type::terror; | |
| 1855 } | |
| 1856 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1857 return t; | |
| 1858 } | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1861 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 if (dim) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1864 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1865 |
| 1866 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1869 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1870 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1871 { | |
| 1872 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1873 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1874 */ | |
| 1875 return this; | |
| 1876 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1877 dinteger_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1878 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); |
| 1879 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1880 dinteger_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1881 |
| 1882 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1883 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1886 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1887 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1888 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1889 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1890 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1891 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1892 { | |
| 1893 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1894 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1895 */ | |
| 1896 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1897 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1898 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1899 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1900 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1901 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1902 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1903 { | |
| 1904 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1905 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1906 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1907 } | |
| 1908 } | |
| 1909 } | |
| 1910 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 case Ttuple: | |
| 1913 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1914 assert(dim); | |
| 1915 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1916 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1919 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1920 return Type::terror; |
| 1921 } | |
| 1922 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1923 return arg->type; | |
| 1924 } | |
| 1925 case Tfunction: | |
| 1926 case Tnone: | |
| 1927 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1928 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1929 break; | |
| 1930 } | |
| 1931 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1932 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1933 return merge(); | |
| 1934 } | |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 1937 { | |
| 1938 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1939 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1940 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1941 if (next) |
| 1942 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1946 { | |
| 1947 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1948 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1949 return; | |
| 1950 } | |
| 1951 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1952 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1953 } | |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1956 { | |
| 1957 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1958 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1959 #endif | |
| 1960 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1961 { | |
| 1962 e = dim; | |
| 1963 } | |
| 1964 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 1965 { | |
| 1966 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 1967 } | |
| 1968 else | |
| 1969 { | |
| 1970 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1971 } | |
| 1972 return e; | |
| 1973 } | |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 1976 { | |
| 1977 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 1978 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 1979 } | |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 1982 { | |
| 1983 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1987 { | |
| 1988 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 1991 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 1992 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 1993 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 1994 { | |
| 1995 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1996 } | |
| 1997 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 1998 { int offset = 0; | |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2001 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2002 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2003 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2004 } | |
| 2005 #if 0 | |
| 2006 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2011 { | |
| 2012 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2013 } | |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 #endif | |
| 2016 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2017 } | |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2020 { | |
| 2021 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2022 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2023 #endif | |
| 2024 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2025 } | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2028 { | |
| 2029 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2030 } | |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2034 { | |
| 2035 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2036 if (e) | |
| 2037 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2038 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2039 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2040 } | |
| 2041 return e; | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2045 { | |
| 2046 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2047 } | |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2052 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2055 } | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2058 { | |
| 2059 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2060 if (t == next) | |
| 2061 t = this; | |
| 2062 else | |
| 2063 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2064 return t; | |
| 2065 } | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2068 { | |
| 2069 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2070 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2071 } | |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2074 { | |
| 2075 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2076 // boundary | |
| 2077 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2081 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2084 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2085 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2086 { | |
| 2087 case Tfunction: | |
| 2088 case Tnone: | |
| 2089 case Ttuple: | |
| 2090 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2091 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2092 break; | |
| 2093 } | |
| 2094 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2095 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2096 if (next != tn) | |
| 2097 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2098 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2099 return merge(); | |
| 2100 } | |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2103 { | |
| 2104 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2105 if (next) | |
| 2106 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2107 } | |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2110 { | |
| 2111 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2112 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2113 return; | |
| 2114 } | |
| 2115 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2116 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2117 } | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2120 { | |
| 2121 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2122 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2123 #endif | |
| 2124 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2125 { | |
| 2126 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2127 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2130 } | |
| 2131 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2132 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2133 return e; | |
| 2134 } | |
| 2135 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2136 { | |
| 2137 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2138 return e; | |
| 2139 } | |
| 2140 else | |
| 2141 { | |
| 2142 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2143 } | |
| 2144 return e; | |
| 2145 } | |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2148 { | |
| 2149 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2150 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2151 } | |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2154 { | |
| 2155 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2158 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2159 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2160 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2161 { | |
| 2162 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2163 } | |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2166 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2169 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2170 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2173 } | |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2176 { | |
| 2177 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2178 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2179 #endif | |
| 2180 Expression *e; | |
| 2181 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2182 e->type = this; | |
| 2183 return e; | |
| 2184 } | |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2187 { | |
| 2188 return 1; | |
| 2189 } | |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2192 { | |
| 2193 return TRUE; | |
| 2194 } | |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2197 { | |
| 2198 return TRUE; | |
| 2199 } | |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2204 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2205 { | |
| 2206 this->index = index; | |
| 2207 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2208 } | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2211 { | |
| 2212 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2213 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2214 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2215 t = this; | |
| 2216 else | |
| 2217 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2218 return t; | |
| 2219 } | |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2222 { | |
| 2223 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2224 } | |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2228 { | |
| 2229 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2232 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2233 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2234 { | |
| 2235 Expression *e; | |
| 2236 Type *t; | |
| 2237 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2240 if (e) | |
| 2241 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2242 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2243 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2246 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2247 } | |
| 2248 else if (t) | |
| 2249 index = t; | |
| 2250 else | |
| 2251 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2252 } | |
| 2253 else | |
| 2254 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2257 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2258 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2259 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2260 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2261 { | |
| 2262 #if 0 | |
| 2263 case Tint8: | |
| 2264 case Tuns8: | |
| 2265 case Tint16: | |
| 2266 case Tuns16: | |
| 2267 key = tint32; | |
| 2268 break; | |
| 2269 #endif | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 case Tsarray: | |
| 2272 #if 0 | |
| 2273 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2274 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2275 #endif | |
| 2276 break; | |
| 2277 case Tbit: | |
| 2278 case Tbool: | |
| 2279 case Tfunction: | |
| 2280 case Tvoid: | |
| 2281 case Tnone: | |
| 2282 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2283 break; | |
| 2284 } | |
| 2285 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2286 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2287 { | |
| 2288 case Tfunction: | |
| 2289 case Tnone: | |
| 2290 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2291 break; | |
| 2292 } | |
| 2293 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2294 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 return merge(); | |
| 2297 } | |
| 2298 | |
| 336 | 2299 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2300 { | |
| 2301 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2304 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2305 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2306 { | |
| 2307 Expression *e; | |
| 2308 Type *t; | |
| 2309 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2312 if (e) | |
| 2313 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2314 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2317 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2318 } | |
| 2319 else if (t) | |
| 2320 index = t; | |
| 2321 else | |
| 2322 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2323 } | |
| 2324 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | |
| 159 | 2328 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2329 { | |
| 2330 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2331 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2332 #endif | |
| 2333 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2334 { | |
| 2335 Expression *ec; | |
| 2336 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2337 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2338 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2339 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2340 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2341 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2342 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2343 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2344 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2345 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2346 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2347 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2348 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2349 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2350 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2351 } |
| 2352 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2353 { | |
| 2354 Expression *ec; | |
| 2355 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2356 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2359 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2360 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2361 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2362 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2363 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2364 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2365 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2366 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2367 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2368 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2369 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2370 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2371 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2372 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2373 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2374 } | |
| 2375 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2376 { | |
| 2377 Expression *ec; | |
| 2378 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2379 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2380 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2381 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2382 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2383 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2384 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2385 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2386 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2387 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2388 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2389 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2390 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2391 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2392 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2393 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2394 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2395 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2396 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2397 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2398 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2399 } | |
| 2400 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2401 { | |
| 2402 Expression *ec; | |
| 2403 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2404 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2405 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2406 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2407 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2408 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2409 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2410 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2411 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2412 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2413 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2414 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2415 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2416 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2417 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2418 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2419 e->type = this; | |
| 2420 } | |
| 2421 else | |
| 2422 { | |
| 2423 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2424 } | |
| 2425 return e; | |
| 2426 } | |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2429 { | |
| 2430 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2431 index->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2432 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2433 } | |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2436 { | |
| 2437 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2438 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2439 return; | |
| 2440 } | |
| 2441 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2442 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2443 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2444 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2445 } | |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2448 { | |
| 2449 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2450 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2451 #endif | |
| 2452 Expression *e; | |
| 2453 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2454 e->type = this; | |
| 2455 return e; | |
| 2456 } | |
| 2457 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2458 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2459 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2460 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2461 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2462 |
| 159 | 2463 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2464 { | |
| 2465 return TRUE; | |
| 2466 } | |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2469 { | |
| 2470 return TRUE; | |
| 2471 } | |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2476 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2477 { | |
| 2478 } | |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2481 { | |
| 2482 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2483 if (t == next) | |
| 2484 t = this; | |
| 2485 else | |
| 2486 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2487 return t; | |
| 2488 } | |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2491 { | |
| 2492 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2493 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2494 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2495 { | |
| 2496 case Ttuple: | |
| 2497 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2498 n = tint32; | |
| 2499 break; | |
| 2500 } | |
| 2501 if (n != next) | |
| 2502 deco = NULL; | |
| 2503 next = n; | |
| 2504 return merge(); | |
| 2505 } | |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2509 { | |
| 2510 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2511 } | |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2514 { | |
| 2515 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2516 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2517 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2518 return; | |
| 2519 } | |
| 2520 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2521 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2522 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2523 } | |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2526 { | |
| 2527 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 if (this == to) | |
| 2530 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2531 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2532 { | |
| 2533 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2534 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 #if 0 | |
| 2537 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2538 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2539 #endif | |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2542 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2543 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2546 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2547 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2548 } | |
| 2549 } | |
| 2550 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2551 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2552 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2553 } | |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2556 { | |
| 2557 return TRUE; | |
| 2558 } | |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2561 { | |
| 2562 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2563 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2564 #endif | |
| 2565 Expression *e; | |
| 2566 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2567 e->type = this; | |
| 2568 return e; | |
| 2569 } | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2572 { | |
| 2573 return 1; | |
| 2574 } | |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2577 { | |
| 2578 return TRUE; | |
| 2579 } | |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2585 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2586 { | |
| 2587 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2588 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2589 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2590 } | |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2593 { | |
| 2594 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2595 if (t == next) | |
| 2596 t = this; | |
| 2597 else | |
| 2598 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2599 return t; | |
| 2600 } | |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2603 { | |
| 2604 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2605 } | |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2608 { | |
| 2609 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2610 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2611 return; | |
| 2612 } | |
| 2613 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2614 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2615 } | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2618 { | |
| 2619 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2620 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2621 #endif | |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 // References just forward things along | |
| 2624 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2625 } | |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2628 { | |
| 2629 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2630 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2631 #endif | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2632 Expression *e = new NullExp(loc); |
| 159 | 2633 e->type = this; |
| 2634 return e; | |
| 2635 } | |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2638 { | |
| 2639 return 1; | |
| 2640 } | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2646 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2647 { | |
| 2648 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2649 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2650 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2651 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2652 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2653 this->inuse = 0; | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2657 { | |
| 2658 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2659 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2660 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2661 return t; |
| 2662 } | |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 /******************************* | |
| 2665 * Returns: | |
| 2666 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2667 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2668 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2669 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2670 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2671 */ | |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2674 { | |
| 2675 #if 0 | |
| 2676 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2677 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2678 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2679 #endif | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2684 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2685 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2686 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 { | |
| 2689 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2690 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2693 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2696 { | |
| 2697 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2698 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2699 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2702 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2703 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2706 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2707 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2708 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2709 } | |
| 2710 } | |
| 2711 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2712 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 // The argument lists match | |
| 2715 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2716 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2717 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2718 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2721 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2724 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2725 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2726 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2729 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2730 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2731 { | |
| 2732 return 3; | |
| 2733 } | |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2736 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2737 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2738 } | |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 Lcovariant: | |
| 2741 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2742 return 1; | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 Ldistinct: | |
| 2745 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2746 return 0; | |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2749 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2750 return 2; | |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2754 { unsigned char mc; | |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2757 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2758 if (inuse) | |
| 2759 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2760 return; | |
| 2761 } | |
| 2762 inuse++; | |
| 2763 switch (linkage) | |
| 2764 { | |
| 2765 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2766 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2767 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2768 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2769 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2770 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2771 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2772 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2773 |
| 159 | 2774 default: |
| 2775 assert(0); | |
| 2776 } | |
| 2777 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
| 2778 // Write argument types | |
| 2779 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters); | |
| 2780 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); | |
| 2781 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
| 2782 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2783 inuse--; | |
| 2784 } | |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2787 { | |
| 2788 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 if (inuse) | |
| 2791 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2792 return; | |
| 2793 } | |
| 2794 inuse++; | |
| 2795 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2796 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2797 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2798 { | |
| 2799 switch (linkage) | |
| 2800 { | |
| 2801 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2802 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2803 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2804 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2805 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2806 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2807 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2808 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2809 |
| 159 | 2810 default: |
| 2811 assert(0); | |
| 2812 } | |
| 2813 } | |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2816 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2817 if (ident) | |
| 2818 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2819 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2820 } | |
| 2821 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2822 inuse--; | |
| 2823 } | |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2826 { | |
| 2827 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 if (inuse) | |
| 2830 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2831 return; | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 inuse++; | |
| 2834 if (next) | |
| 2835 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2836 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2837 { | |
| 2838 switch (linkage) | |
| 2839 { | |
| 2840 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2841 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2842 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2843 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2844 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2845 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2846 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2847 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2848 |
| 159 | 2849 default: |
| 2850 assert(0); | |
| 2851 } | |
| 2852 } | |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2855 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2856 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2857 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2858 inuse--; | |
| 2859 } | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2862 { | |
| 2863 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2864 { | |
| 2865 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2866 return this; | |
| 2867 } | |
| 2868 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2871 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2872 if (parameters) | |
| 2873 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2874 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2875 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2876 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2877 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2878 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2879 } | |
| 2880 } | |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2883 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2884 { | |
| 2885 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2886 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2887 } | |
| 2888 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2889 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2890 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2891 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2892 } | |
| 2893 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2894 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2895 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2896 } | |
| 2897 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2898 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2899 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2900 } | |
| 2901 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2902 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2905 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2908 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2909 Type *t; | |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2912 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2913 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2914 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2915 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2916 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2917 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2918 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2919 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2920 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2921 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2922 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2923 |
| 159 | 2924 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2927 { | |
| 2928 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2929 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2930 } | |
| 2931 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2932 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2935 { | |
| 2936 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2937 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2938 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2939 } | |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2942 * change. | |
| 2943 */ | |
| 2944 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2945 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2946 i--; | |
| 2947 } | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 2953 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 2954 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 2955 return terror; | |
| 2956 } | |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 2959 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 2962 * can be different | |
| 2963 * even though the types match | |
| 2964 */ | |
| 2965 return tf; | |
| 2966 } | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 /******************************** | |
| 2969 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 2970 * Determine match level. | |
| 2971 * Returns: | |
| 2972 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 2973 */ | |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 2976 { | |
| 2977 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 2978 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 2981 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 2982 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 2983 ; | |
| 2984 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 2985 { | |
| 2986 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 2987 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 2988 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 2989 } | |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 2992 { int m; | |
| 2993 Expression *arg; | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 2998 assert(p); | |
| 2999 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3000 { | |
| 3001 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3002 continue; | |
| 3003 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3004 goto L1; | |
| 3005 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3006 } | |
| 3007 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3008 assert(arg); | |
| 3009 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3010 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3011 else | |
| 3012 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3013 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3014 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3015 { | |
| 3016 L1: | |
| 3017 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3018 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3019 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
3020 dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 3021 |
| 3022 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3023 { | |
| 3024 case Tsarray: | |
| 3025 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3026 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3027 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3028 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3029 case Tarray: | |
| 3030 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3031 { | |
| 3032 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3033 assert(arg); | |
| 3034 #if 1 | |
| 3035 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3036 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3037 */ | |
| 3038 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3039 if (tret) | |
| 3040 { | |
| 3041 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3042 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3043 } | |
| 3044 else | |
| 3045 { | |
| 3046 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3047 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3048 { | |
| 3049 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3050 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3051 } | |
| 3052 } | |
| 3053 } | |
| 3054 else | |
| 3055 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3056 #else | |
| 3057 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3058 #endif | |
| 3059 if (m == 0) | |
| 3060 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3061 if (m < match) | |
| 3062 match = m; | |
| 3063 } | |
| 3064 goto Ldone; | |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 case Tclass: | |
| 3067 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3068 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3069 goto Ldone; | |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 default: | |
| 3072 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3073 } | |
| 3074 } | |
| 3075 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3076 } | |
| 3077 if (m < match) | |
| 3078 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3079 } | |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 Ldone: | |
| 3082 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3083 return match; | |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 Nomatch: | |
| 3086 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3087 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3088 } | |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3091 { | |
| 3092 if (parameters) | |
| 3093 { | |
| 3094 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3095 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3096 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3097 if (t) | |
| 3098 return t; | |
| 3099 } | |
| 3100 } | |
| 3101 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3102 } | |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3107 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3108 { | |
| 3109 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3113 { | |
| 3114 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3115 if (t == next) | |
| 3116 t = this; | |
| 3117 else | |
| 3118 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3119 return t; | |
| 3120 } | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3123 { | |
| 3124 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3125 { | |
| 3126 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3127 return this; | |
| 3128 } | |
| 3129 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3130 return merge(); | |
| 3131 } | |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3134 { | |
| 3135 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3136 } | |
| 3137 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3138 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3139 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3140 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3141 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3142 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3143 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3144 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3145 |
| 159 | 3146 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3147 { | |
| 3148 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3149 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3150 return; | |
| 3151 } | |
| 3152 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3155 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3156 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3157 } | |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3160 { | |
| 3161 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3162 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3163 #endif | |
| 3164 Expression *e; | |
| 3165 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3166 e->type = this; | |
| 3167 return e; | |
| 3168 } | |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3171 { | |
| 3172 return 1; | |
| 3173 } | |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3176 { | |
| 3177 return TRUE; | |
| 3178 } | |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3181 { | |
| 3182 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3183 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3184 #endif | |
| 3185 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3186 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3187 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3188 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3189 return e; | |
| 3190 } | |
| 3191 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3192 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3193 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3194 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3195 return e; |
| 3196 } | |
| 3197 else | |
| 3198 { | |
| 3199 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3200 } | |
| 3201 return e; | |
| 3202 } | |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3205 { | |
| 3206 return TRUE; | |
| 3207 } | |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3214 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3215 { | |
| 3216 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3217 } | |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3220 { | |
| 3221 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3222 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3223 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3224 { | |
| 3225 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3226 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3227 { | |
| 3228 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3231 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3232 } | |
| 3233 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3234 } | |
| 3235 } | |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3241 } | |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3244 { | |
| 3245 int i; | |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3248 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3253 { | |
| 3254 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3255 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 else | |
| 3258 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3259 } | |
| 3260 } | |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3265 return 1; | |
| 3266 } | |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 /************************************* | |
| 3269 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3270 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3271 * Output: | |
| 3272 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3273 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3274 */ | |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3277 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3278 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3279 { | |
| 3280 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3281 int i; | |
| 3282 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3283 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3284 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3285 Type *t; | |
| 3286 Expression *e; | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 #if 0 | |
| 3289 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3290 if (scopesym) | |
| 3291 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3292 #endif | |
| 3293 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3294 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3295 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3296 if (s) | |
| 3297 { | |
| 3298 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3299 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3300 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3301 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3302 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3303 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3306 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3307 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3308 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3309 if (!sm) | |
| 3310 { | |
| 3311 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3312 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3313 { | |
| 3314 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3315 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3316 } | |
| 3317 else | |
| 3318 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3319 t = e->type; | |
| 3320 if (!t) | |
| 3321 goto Lerror; | |
| 3322 goto L3; | |
| 3323 } | |
| 3324 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3325 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3326 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3327 if (t) | |
| 3328 { | |
| 3329 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3330 if (sm) | |
| 3331 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3332 if (sm) | |
| 3333 goto L2; | |
| 3334 } | |
| 3335 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3336 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3337 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3338 i++; | |
| 3339 L3: | |
| 3340 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3341 { | |
| 3342 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3343 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3344 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3345 } | |
| 3346 *pe = e; | |
| 3347 } | |
| 3348 else | |
| 3349 Lerror: | |
| 3350 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3351 return; | |
| 3352 } | |
| 3353 L2: | |
| 3354 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3355 } | |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3358 if (v) | |
| 3359 { | |
| 3360 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3361 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3362 { | |
| 3363 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3364 assert(ei); | |
| 3365 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3366 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3367 } | |
| 3368 else | |
| 3369 { | |
| 3370 #if 0 | |
| 3371 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3372 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3373 { | |
| 3374 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3375 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3376 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3377 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3378 } | |
| 3379 else | |
| 3380 #endif | |
| 3381 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3382 } | |
| 3383 return; | |
| 3384 } | |
| 3385 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3386 if (em) | |
| 3387 { | |
| 3388 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3389 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3390 return; | |
| 3391 } | |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 L1: | |
| 3394 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3395 if (!t) | |
| 3396 { | |
| 3397 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3398 Import *si; | |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3401 if (si) | |
| 3402 { | |
| 3403 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3404 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3405 goto L1; | |
| 3406 s = si; | |
| 3407 } | |
| 3408 *ps = s; | |
| 3409 return; | |
| 3410 } | |
| 3411 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3412 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3413 return; | |
| 3414 } | |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 if (t != this) | |
| 3417 { | |
| 3418 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 Scope *scx; | |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3423 { | |
| 3424 if (!scx) | |
| 3425 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3426 return; | |
| 3427 } | |
| 3428 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3429 break; | |
| 3430 } | |
| 3431 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3432 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3433 } | |
| 3434 } | |
| 3435 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3436 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3437 else |
| 3438 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3439 } | |
| 3440 if (!s) | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3443 } | |
| 3444 } | |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3449 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3450 { | |
| 3451 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3452 } | |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3456 { | |
| 3457 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3460 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3461 return t; | |
| 3462 } | |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3465 { unsigned len; | |
| 3466 char *name; | |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3469 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3470 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3471 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3472 } | |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3475 { | |
| 3476 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3477 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3478 return; | |
| 3479 } | |
| 3480 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3481 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3482 } | |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 /************************************* | |
| 3485 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3486 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3487 * Output: | |
| 3488 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3489 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3490 */ | |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3493 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3494 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3497 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3498 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3499 } | |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 /***************************************** | |
| 3502 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3503 * return that symbol. | |
| 3504 */ | |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3507 { | |
| 3508 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3509 if (!sc) | |
| 3510 return NULL; | |
| 3511 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3514 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3515 if (s) | |
| 3516 { | |
| 3517 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3518 { | |
| 3519 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3520 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3521 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3522 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3523 break; | |
| 3524 } | |
| 3525 } | |
| 3526 } | |
| 3527 return s; | |
| 3528 } | |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 Type *t; | |
| 3533 Expression *e; | |
| 3534 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3537 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3538 if (t) | |
| 3539 { | |
| 3540 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3543 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3546 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3547 } | |
| 3548 } | |
| 3549 else | |
| 3550 { | |
| 3551 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3552 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3553 printf("1: "); | |
| 3554 #endif | |
| 3555 if (s) | |
| 3556 { | |
| 3557 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3558 } | |
| 3559 else | |
| 3560 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3561 t = tvoid; | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 //t->print(); | |
| 3564 return t; | |
| 3565 } | |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3568 { | |
| 3569 return this; | |
| 3570 } | |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3573 { | |
| 3574 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3575 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3578 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3579 } | |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 return e; | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3587 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3588 { | |
| 3589 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3590 } | |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3593 { | |
| 3594 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3595 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3598 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3599 return t; | |
| 3600 } | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3604 { | |
| 3605 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3606 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3607 return; | |
| 3608 } | |
| 3609 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3610 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3611 } | |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3614 { | |
| 3615 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3620 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3621 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 #if 0 | |
| 3624 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3625 { | |
| 3626 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3627 return; | |
| 3628 } | |
| 3629 #endif | |
| 3630 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3631 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3632 s = tempinst; | |
| 3633 if (s) | |
| 3634 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3635 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3636 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3637 } | |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3640 { | |
| 3641 Type *t; | |
| 3642 Expression *e; | |
| 3643 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3648 { | |
| 3649 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3650 global.gag++; | |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 global.gag--; | |
| 3655 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3656 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3657 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3658 return this; | |
| 3659 } | |
| 3660 } | |
| 3661 else | |
| 3662 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 if (!t) | |
| 3665 { | |
| 3666 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3667 printf("2: "); | |
| 3668 #endif | |
| 3669 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3670 t = tvoid; | |
| 3671 } | |
| 3672 return t; | |
| 3673 } | |
| 3674 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3675 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3676 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3677 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3678 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3679 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3680 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3681 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3682 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3683 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3684 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3685 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3686 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3687 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3688 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3689 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3690 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3691 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3692 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3693 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3694 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3695 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3696 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3697 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3698 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3699 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3700 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3701 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3702 |
| 159 | 3703 |
| 3704 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3707 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3708 { | |
| 3709 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3710 } | |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3713 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3714 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3715 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3718 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3719 return t; | |
| 3720 } | |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3723 { | |
| 3724 Type *t; | |
| 3725 | |
| 336 | 3726 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3727 if (t == this) |
| 3728 return NULL; | |
| 3729 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3730 } | |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3733 { | |
| 3734 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3735 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3736 return; | |
| 3737 } | |
| 3738 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3739 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3740 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3741 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3742 } | |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3745 { Expression *e; | |
| 3746 Type *t; | |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 #if 0 | |
| 3753 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3754 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3755 */ | |
| 3756 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3757 { | |
| 3758 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3759 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3760 { | |
| 3761 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3762 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 if (!s) | |
| 3765 { | |
| 3766 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3767 goto Lerr; | |
| 3768 } | |
| 3769 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3770 if (cd) | |
| 3771 { | |
| 3772 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3773 { | |
| 3774 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3775 if (!cd) | |
| 3776 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3777 goto Lerr; | |
| 3778 } | |
| 3779 } | |
| 3780 t = cd->type; | |
| 3781 break; | |
| 3782 } | |
| 3783 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3784 if (sd) | |
| 3785 { | |
| 3786 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3787 { | |
| 3788 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3789 goto Lerr; | |
| 3790 } | |
| 3791 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3792 break; | |
| 3793 } | |
| 3794 } | |
| 3795 } | |
| 3796 else | |
| 3797 #endif | |
| 3798 { | |
| 3799 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3800 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3801 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3802 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3803 { | |
| 3804 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3805 } | |
| 159 | 3806 t = exp->type; |
| 3807 if (!t) | |
| 3808 { | |
| 3809 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3810 goto Lerr; | |
| 3811 } | |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3815 { | |
| 3816 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3817 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3818 { | |
| 3819 if (!s) | |
| 3820 break; | |
| 3821 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3822 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3823 } | |
| 3824 if (s) | |
| 3825 { | |
| 3826 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3827 if (!t) | |
| 3828 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3829 goto Lerr; | |
| 3830 } | |
| 3831 } | |
| 3832 else | |
| 3833 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3834 goto Lerr; | |
| 3835 } | |
| 3836 } | |
| 3837 return t; | |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 Lerr: | |
| 3840 return tvoid; | |
| 3841 } | |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3844 { | |
| 3845 if (exp->type) | |
| 3846 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3847 else | |
| 3848 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3856 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3857 { | |
| 3858 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3859 } | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3862 { | |
| 3863 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3864 } | |
| 3865 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3866 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3867 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3868 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3869 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3870 |
| 159 | 3871 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3872 { | |
| 3873 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3874 return merge(); | |
| 3875 } | |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3878 { | |
| 3879 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3880 { | |
| 3881 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3882 return 4; | |
| 3883 } | |
| 3884 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3885 } | |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3888 { | |
| 3889 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3892 printf("1: "); | |
| 3893 #endif | |
| 3894 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3895 return 4; | |
| 3896 } | |
| 3897 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3898 } | |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3901 { | |
| 3902 return sym; | |
| 3903 } | |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3906 { | |
| 3907 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3908 { | |
| 3909 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3910 printf("2: "); | |
| 3911 #endif | |
| 3912 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3913 return tint32; | |
| 3914 } | |
| 3915 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3916 } | |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3919 { char *name; | |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3922 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3923 // name += 2; | |
| 3924 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3925 } | |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3928 { | |
| 3929 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3930 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3931 return; | |
| 3932 } | |
| 3933 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3934 } | |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3937 { | |
| 3938 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3939 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3940 Expression *em; | |
| 3941 | |
| 3942 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3943 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3944 #endif | |
| 3945 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3946 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3947 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 3948 if (!s) | |
| 3949 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3950 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3951 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3952 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3953 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3954 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3955 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3956 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3957 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3958 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3959 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 3960 } |
| 3961 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3962 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 3963 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 3964 return em; | |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 Lfwd: | |
| 3967 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3968 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 3969 } | |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3972 { Expression *e; | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 3975 { | |
| 3976 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3977 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3978 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 3979 } | |
| 3980 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 3981 { | |
| 3982 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3983 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3984 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 3985 } | |
| 3986 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 3987 { | |
| 3988 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3989 goto Lfwd; | |
| 3990 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 3991 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
3992 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
3993 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
3994 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
3995 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
3996 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
3997 } |
| 159 | 3998 else |
| 3999 { | |
| 4000 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4001 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4002 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4003 } | |
| 4004 return e; | |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 Lfwd: | |
| 4007 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4008 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4009 } | |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4012 { | |
| 4013 return 1; | |
| 4014 } | |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4017 { | |
| 4018 return 0; | |
| 4019 } | |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4022 { | |
| 4023 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4024 } | |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 return 1; | |
| 4029 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4030 } | |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4033 { MATCH m; | |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4036 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4037 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4038 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4039 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4040 else | |
| 4041 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4042 return m; | |
| 4043 } | |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4046 { | |
| 4047 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4048 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4049 #endif | |
| 4050 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4051 Expression *e; | |
| 4052 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4053 return e; | |
| 4054 } | |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4057 { | |
| 4058 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4059 } | |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4062 { | |
| 4063 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4064 } | |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4069 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4070 { | |
| 4071 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4072 } | |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4075 { | |
| 4076 return this; | |
| 4077 } | |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4080 { | |
| 4081 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4082 } | |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4085 { | |
| 4086 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4087 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4088 return merge(); | |
| 4089 } | |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4092 { | |
| 4093 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4094 } | |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4097 { | |
| 4098 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4102 { | |
| 4103 return sym; | |
| 4104 } | |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4107 { unsigned len; | |
| 4108 char *name; | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4111 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4112 // name += 2; | |
| 4113 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4114 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4115 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4116 } | |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4119 { | |
| 4120 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4121 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4122 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4123 return; | |
| 4124 } | |
| 4125 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4126 } | |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4129 { | |
| 4130 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4131 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4132 #endif | |
| 4133 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4134 { | |
| 4135 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4136 } | |
| 4137 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4138 } | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4141 { | |
| 4142 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4143 { | |
| 4144 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4145 } | |
| 4146 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4147 } | |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4150 { | |
| 4151 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4152 } | |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4155 { | |
| 4156 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4157 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4158 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4159 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4160 } | |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4168 { | |
| 4169 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4170 } | |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4173 { | |
| 4174 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4175 } | |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4178 { | |
| 4179 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4180 } | |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4183 { | |
| 4184 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4185 } | |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4188 { | |
| 4189 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4190 } | |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4193 { | |
| 4194 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4195 } | |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4200 { | |
| 4201 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4202 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4203 return Type::terror; | |
| 4204 } | |
| 4205 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4206 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4207 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4208 return t; | |
| 4209 } | |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4212 { MATCH m; | |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4215 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4216 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4217 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4218 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4219 else | |
| 4220 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4221 return m; | |
| 4222 } | |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4225 { Expression *e; | |
| 4226 Type *bt; | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4229 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4230 #endif | |
| 4231 if (sym->init) | |
| 4232 { | |
| 4233 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4234 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4235 } | |
| 4236 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4237 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4238 e->type = this; | |
| 4239 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4240 { | |
| 4241 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4242 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4243 } | |
| 4244 return e; | |
| 4245 } | |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4248 { | |
| 4249 if (sym->init) | |
| 4250 { | |
| 4251 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4252 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4253 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4254 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4255 return 1; | |
| 4256 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4257 } | |
| 4258 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4259 { | |
| 4260 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4261 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4262 } | |
| 4263 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4264 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4265 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4266 return result; | |
| 4267 } | |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4270 { | |
| 4271 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4272 } | |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4277 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4280 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4281 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4282 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4283 } |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4286 { | |
| 4287 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4288 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4289 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4290 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4291 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4295 { | |
| 4296 return this; | |
| 4297 } | |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4300 { | |
| 4301 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4304 * be right. | |
| 4305 */ | |
| 4306 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 return merge(); | |
| 4309 } | |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4312 { | |
| 4313 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4314 } | |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4317 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4320 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4321 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4322 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4323 return sz; | |
| 4324 } | |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 return sym; | |
| 4329 } | |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4332 { unsigned len; | |
| 4333 char *name; | |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4336 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4337 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4338 // name += 2; | |
| 4339 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4340 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4341 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4342 } | |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4345 { | |
| 4346 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4347 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4348 return; | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4351 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4352 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4353 else | |
| 4354 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4355 } | |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4358 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 Expression *b; | |
| 4361 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4362 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4363 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4364 Declaration *d; | |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4367 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4368 #endif | |
| 4369 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4370 { | |
| 4371 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4372 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4373 } | |
| 4374 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4375 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4376 */ |
| 159 | 4377 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4378 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4379 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4380 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4381 */ |
| 336 | 4382 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4383 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4384 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4385 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4386 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4387 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4388 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4389 } | |
| 4390 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4391 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4392 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4393 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4394 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4395 return e; |
| 4396 } | |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4399 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4402 { | |
| 4403 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4406 e = de->e1; | |
| 4407 goto L1; | |
| 4408 } | |
| 4409 } | |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4412 L1: | |
| 4413 if (!s) | |
| 4414 { | |
| 4415 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4416 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4417 } | |
| 336 | 4418 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4419 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4420 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4423 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4424 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4425 | |
| 4426 if (ei) | |
| 4427 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4428 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4429 return e; | |
| 4430 } | |
| 4431 } | |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4434 { | |
| 4435 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4436 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4437 } | |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4440 if (em) | |
| 4441 { | |
| 4442 assert(em->value); | |
| 4443 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4444 } | |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4447 if (tm) | |
| 4448 { Expression *de; | |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4451 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4452 return de; | |
| 4453 } | |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4456 if (td) | |
| 4457 { | |
| 4458 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4459 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4460 return e; | |
| 4461 } | |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4464 if (ti) | |
| 4465 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4466 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4467 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4468 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4469 goto L1; | |
| 4470 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4471 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4472 return de; | |
| 4473 } | |
| 4474 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4475 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4476 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4477 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4478 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4479 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4480 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4481 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4482 |
| 159 | 4483 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4484 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4485 if (!d) | |
| 4486 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4487 #endif | |
| 4488 assert(d); | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4491 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4494 { | |
| 4495 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4496 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4497 return e; | |
| 4498 } | |
| 4499 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4500 { | |
| 4501 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4502 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4503 return e; | |
| 4504 } | |
| 4505 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4506 } | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4509 { | |
| 4510 // (e, d) | |
| 4511 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4514 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4515 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4516 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4517 return e; | |
| 4518 } | |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 if (v) | |
| 4521 { | |
| 4522 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4523 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4526 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4527 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4528 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4529 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4530 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4531 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4532 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4533 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4534 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4535 #endif |
| 159 | 4536 } |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4539 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4540 } | |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4543 { | |
| 4544 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4545 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4546 } | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4549 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4550 |
| 4551 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4552 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4553 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4554 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4555 assert(d); |
| 4556 d->type = this; | |
| 4557 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4558 } | |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4561 { | |
| 4562 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4563 } | |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4566 { | |
| 4567 return FALSE; | |
| 4568 } | |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4571 { | |
| 4572 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4575 if (s->members) | |
| 4576 { | |
| 4577 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4578 { | |
| 4579 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4580 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4581 return TRUE; | |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 } | |
| 4584 return FALSE; | |
| 4585 } | |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4591 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4592 { | |
| 4593 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4594 } | |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4597 { | |
| 4598 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4599 } | |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4602 { | |
| 4603 return this; | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4607 { | |
| 4608 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4609 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4610 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4611 return merge(); | |
| 4612 } | |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4615 { | |
| 4616 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4617 } | |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4620 { | |
| 4621 return sym; | |
| 4622 } | |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4625 { unsigned len; | |
| 4626 char *name; | |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4629 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4630 // name += 2; | |
| 4631 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4632 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4633 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4634 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4635 } | |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4638 { | |
| 4639 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4640 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4641 return; | |
| 4642 } | |
| 4643 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4644 } | |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4647 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 Expression *b; | |
| 4650 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4651 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4652 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4653 Declaration *d; | |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4656 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4657 #endif | |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4660 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4663 { | |
| 4664 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4667 e = de->e1; | |
| 4668 goto L1; | |
| 4669 } | |
| 4670 } | |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4673 { | |
| 4674 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4675 */ | |
| 336 | 4676 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4677 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4678 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4679 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4680 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4681 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4682 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4683 } | |
| 4684 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4685 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4686 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4687 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4688 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4689 return e; |
| 4690 } | |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4693 L1: | |
| 4694 if (!s) | |
| 4695 { | |
| 4696 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4697 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4698 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4699 { | |
| 4700 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4701 { | |
| 4702 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4703 return e; | |
| 4704 } | |
| 4705 } | |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4708 { | |
| 4709 Type *t; | |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4712 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4713 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4714 { | |
| 4715 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4716 * at compile time. | |
| 4717 */ | |
| 4718 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4719 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4720 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4721 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4722 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4723 } | |
| 4724 else | |
| 4725 { | |
| 4726 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4727 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4728 */ | |
| 4729 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 Type* ct; | |
| 4732 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4733 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4734 } | |
| 4735 else { | |
| 4736 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4737 } | |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4740 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4741 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4742 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4743 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4744 | |
| 4745 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4746 { | |
| 4747 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4748 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4749 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4750 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4751 */ | |
| 4752 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4753 } | |
| 4754 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4755 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4756 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4757 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4758 */ | |
| 4759 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4760 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4761 } | |
| 336 | 4762 } |
| 159 | 4763 |
| 4764 #else | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4767 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4768 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4769 { | |
| 4770 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4771 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4772 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4773 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4774 */ | |
| 4775 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4776 } | |
| 4777 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4778 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4779 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4780 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4781 */ | |
| 4782 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4783 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4784 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4785 } | |
| 4786 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4787 } |
| 4788 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4789 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4790 |
| 4791 return e; | |
| 4792 } | |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4795 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4796 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4797 */ | |
| 4798 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4799 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4800 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4801 return e; | |
| 4802 } | |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4805 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4806 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4807 */ | |
| 4808 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4809 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4810 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4811 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4812 return e; |
| 4813 } | |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4816 { | |
| 4817 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4818 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4819 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4820 } | |
| 4821 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4822 { | |
| 4823 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4824 } | |
| 4825 else | |
| 4826 { | |
| 4827 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4828 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4829 } | |
| 4830 } | |
| 336 | 4831 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4832 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4833 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4834 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4835 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4836 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 if (ei) | |
| 4839 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4840 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4841 return e; | |
| 4842 } | |
| 4843 } | |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4846 { | |
| 4847 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4848 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4849 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4850 } | |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4853 if (em) | |
| 4854 { | |
| 4855 assert(em->value); | |
| 4856 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4857 } | |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4860 if (tm) | |
| 4861 { Expression *de; | |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4864 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4865 return de; | |
| 4866 } | |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4869 if (td) | |
| 4870 { | |
| 4871 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4872 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4873 return e; | |
| 4874 } | |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4877 if (ti) | |
| 4878 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4879 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4880 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4881 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4882 goto L1; | |
| 4883 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4884 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4885 return de; | |
| 4886 } | |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4889 if (!d) | |
| 4890 { | |
| 4891 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4892 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4893 } | |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4896 { | |
| 4897 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4900 { | |
| 4901 if (sc->func) | |
| 4902 { | |
| 4903 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4904 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 if (thiscd) | |
| 4907 { | |
| 4908 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4911 { | |
| 4912 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4913 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4914 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4915 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4916 return e; | |
| 4917 } | |
| 4918 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4919 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4920 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4921 } | |
| 4922 } | |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4925 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4926 return e; | |
| 4927 } | |
| 4928 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4929 { | |
| 4930 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4931 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4932 return e; | |
| 4933 } | |
| 4934 else | |
| 4935 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4936 return ve; | |
| 4937 } | |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4940 { | |
| 4941 // (e, d) | |
| 4942 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4945 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4946 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4947 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4948 return e; | |
| 4949 } | |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4952 { | |
| 4953 // (e, d) | |
| 4954 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4957 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4958 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4959 return e; | |
| 4960 } | |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4963 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4964 } | |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 4967 { | |
| 4968 return sym; | |
| 4969 } | |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 4972 { | |
| 4973 return sym->isauto; | |
| 4974 } | |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 4977 { | |
| 4978 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 4979 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 4982 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 4983 return 1; | |
| 4984 } | |
| 4985 return 0; | |
| 4986 } | |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4989 { | |
| 4990 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 4991 if (this == to) | |
| 4992 return MATCHexact; | |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4995 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 4996 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 4997 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 4998 } | |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5001 { | |
| 5002 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5003 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5004 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5005 } | |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5008 } | |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5011 { | |
| 5012 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5013 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5014 #endif | |
| 5015 Expression *e; | |
| 5016 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5017 e->type = this; | |
| 5018 return e; | |
| 5019 } | |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5022 { | |
| 5023 return 1; | |
| 5024 } | |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5027 { | |
| 5028 return TRUE; | |
| 5029 } | |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5032 { | |
| 5033 return TRUE; | |
| 5034 } | |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5039 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5040 { | |
| 5041 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5042 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5043 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5044 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5045 if (arguments) | |
| 5046 { | |
| 5047 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5048 { | |
| 5049 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5050 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5051 } | |
| 5052 } | |
| 5053 #endif | |
| 5054 } | |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 /**************** | |
| 5057 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5058 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5059 */ | |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5062 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5063 { | |
| 5064 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5065 if (exps) | |
| 5066 { | |
| 5067 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5068 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5069 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5070 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5071 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5072 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5073 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5074 } | |
| 5075 } | |
| 5076 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5077 } | |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5080 { | |
| 5081 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5082 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5083 return t; | |
| 5084 } | |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5087 { | |
| 5088 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5089 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5090 if (!deco) |
| 5091 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5094 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5095 */ | |
| 5096 return this; | |
| 5097 } | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5100 { Type *t; | |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5103 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5104 if (this == t) | |
| 5105 { | |
| 5106 return 1; | |
| 5107 } | |
| 5108 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5109 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5112 { | |
| 5113 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5114 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5115 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5118 return 0; | |
| 5119 } | |
| 5120 return 1; | |
| 5121 } | |
| 5122 } | |
| 5123 return 0; | |
| 5124 } | |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5127 { | |
| 5128 if (arguments) | |
| 5129 { | |
| 5130 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5131 { | |
| 5132 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5133 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5134 if (t) | |
| 5135 return t; | |
| 5136 } | |
| 5137 } | |
| 5138 return NULL; | |
| 5139 } | |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5142 { | |
| 5143 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5144 } | |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5147 { | |
| 5148 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5149 OutBuffer buf2; | |
| 5150 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments); | |
| 5151 unsigned len = buf2.offset; | |
| 5152 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5153 } | |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5156 { Expression *e; | |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5159 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5160 #endif | |
| 5161 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5162 { | |
| 5163 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5164 } | |
| 5165 else | |
| 5166 { | |
| 5167 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5168 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5169 } | |
| 5170 return e; | |
| 5171 } | |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5178 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5179 { | |
| 5180 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5181 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5182 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5183 } | |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5186 { | |
| 5187 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5188 return t; | |
| 5189 } | |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5192 { | |
| 5193 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5194 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5195 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5198 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5199 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5200 return Type::terror; | |
| 5201 } | |
| 5202 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5205 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5206 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5209 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5210 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5213 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5214 return Type::terror; |
| 5215 } | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5218 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5219 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5220 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5221 args->push(arg); | |
| 5222 } | |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5225 } | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5228 { | |
| 5229 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5230 if (*pe) | |
| 5231 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5232 Expression *e; | |
| 5233 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5234 *pe = e; | |
| 5235 } | |
| 5236 else if (*ps) | |
| 5237 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5238 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5239 if (td) | |
| 5240 { | |
| 5241 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5242 */ | |
| 5243 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5244 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5245 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5248 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5249 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5252 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5253 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5258 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5259 goto Ldefault; |
| 5260 } | |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5263 { | |
| 5264 *ps = td; | |
| 5265 return; | |
| 5266 } | |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5269 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5270 */ | |
| 5271 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5272 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5273 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5274 { | |
| 5275 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5276 } | |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5279 *ps = tds; | |
| 5280 } | |
| 5281 else | |
| 5282 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5283 } | |
| 5284 else | |
| 5285 { | |
| 5286 Ldefault: | |
| 5287 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5288 } | |
| 5289 } | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5292 { | |
| 5293 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5294 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5295 return; | |
| 5296 } | |
| 5297 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5300 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5301 } | |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5306 { | |
| 5307 this->type = type; | |
| 5308 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5309 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5310 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5311 } | |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5314 { | |
| 5315 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5316 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5317 ident, | |
| 5318 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5319 return a; | |
| 5320 } | |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5323 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 if (args) | |
| 5326 { | |
| 5327 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5328 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5329 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5330 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5333 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5334 } | |
| 5335 } | |
| 5336 return a; | |
| 5337 } | |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5340 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5343 | |
| 5344 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5345 if (args) | |
| 5346 { int i; | |
| 5347 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5348 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5351 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 if (i) | |
| 5354 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5355 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5356 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5357 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5358 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5359 } | |
| 5360 if (varargs) | |
| 5361 { | |
| 5362 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5363 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5364 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5365 } | |
| 5366 } | |
| 5367 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5370 } | |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5373 { | |
| 5374 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5375 if (arguments) | |
| 5376 { int i; | |
| 5377 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5380 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 if (i) | |
| 5383 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5384 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5385 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5386 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5387 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5388 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5389 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5390 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5391 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5392 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5393 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5394 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5395 { | |
| 5396 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5397 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5398 } | |
| 5399 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5400 } | |
| 5401 if (varargs) | |
| 5402 { | |
| 5403 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5404 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5405 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5406 } | |
| 5407 } | |
| 5408 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5409 } | |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5413 { | |
| 5414 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 // Write argument types | |
| 5417 if (arguments) | |
| 5418 { | |
| 5419 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5420 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5421 { | |
| 5422 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
| 5423 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5424 } | |
| 5425 } | |
| 5426 } | |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 /**************************************************** | |
| 5429 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5430 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5431 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5432 */ | |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5435 { | |
| 5436 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5437 { | |
| 5438 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5439 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5440 { | |
| 5441 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5442 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5443 { | |
| 5444 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5445 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5448 { | |
| 5449 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5450 } | |
| 5451 } | |
| 5452 } | |
| 5453 } | |
| 5454 return NULL; | |
| 5455 } | |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5458 { | |
| 5459 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5460 { case 0: | |
| 5461 case STCin: | |
| 5462 break; | |
| 5463 case STCout: | |
| 5464 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5465 break; | |
| 5466 case STCref: | |
| 5467 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5468 break; | |
| 5469 case STClazy: | |
| 5470 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5471 break; | |
| 5472 default: | |
| 5473 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5474 halt(); | |
| 5475 #endif | |
| 5476 assert(0); | |
| 5477 } | |
| 5478 type->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5479 } | |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 /*************************************** | |
| 5482 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5483 */ | |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5486 { | |
| 5487 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5488 if (args) | |
| 5489 { | |
| 5490 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5491 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5492 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5495 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5496 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5497 } | |
| 5498 else | |
| 5499 n++; | |
| 5500 } | |
| 5501 } | |
| 5502 return n; | |
| 5503 } | |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 /*************************************** | |
| 5506 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5507 * Returns: | |
| 5508 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5509 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5510 * of Arguments | |
| 5511 */ | |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5514 { | |
| 5515 if (!args) | |
| 5516 return NULL; | |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5519 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5520 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5521 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5524 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5525 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5526 if (arg) | |
| 5527 return arg; | |
| 5528 } | |
| 5529 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5530 return arg; | |
| 5531 else | |
| 5532 n++; | |
| 5533 } | |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 if (pn) | |
| 5536 *pn += n; | |
| 5537 return NULL; | |
| 5538 } |